76
PROVIDED CASE STUDY SOLUTIONS, PROJECT REPORTS PROJECT GUIDANCES, ASSIGNMENT ANSWERS ETC… OF MBA – EMBA-MSW-BBA-BBM-BCOM ALL INDIAN & FOREIGN UNIVERSITIES UPES, IGNOU, ISBM, IIBM, KSBM, PSBM, ISMS ETC.. CONTACT: DR PRASANTH MBA PH.D. DME Mob: +91 9447965521 OR +91 9924764558 Email: [email protected] Website: www.casestudyandprojectreports.com

Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

PROVIDED CASE STUDY SOLUTIONS PROJECT REPORTS

PROJECT GUIDANCES

ASSIGNMENT ANSWERS ETChellip

OF

MBA ndash EMBA-MSW-BBA-BBM-BCOM

ALL INDIAN amp FOREIGN UNIVERSITIES

UPES IGNOU ISBM IIBM KSBM PSBM ISMS ETC

CONTACT DR PRASANTH MBA PHD DME

Mob +91 9447965521 OR +91 9924764558

Email prasanththampi1975gmailcom

Website wwwcasestudyandprojectreportscom

International Marketing ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)Part OneMultiple choices1 International marketing includes activities that direct the flow of goods froma One country to one countryb One country to another countryc One country to multiple countryd All of the above2 ETC stands fora Expert trading companiesb Essential trading companiesc Export trading companiesd None of the above3 Till 1950-56 there was no clear exim policy and no _________ restrictions of any kinda Importb Exportc Both a) amp b)d None of the above4 Tariffs have been one of the classical methods of regulating ________ tradea Internationalb Nationalc Domesticd None of the above5 The world trade organization (WTO) was established on 1st Januarya 1996b 1995c 1997d None of the above

Case let 1Export MarketingThe trade in black pepper is unhappy that exports may not show a sign of revival in prices in theimmediate future World prices have been showing a downward trend for eighteen months and thishas resulted in much lower earnings for exporters The UK West Germany and the Netherlands havecut their import requirement though the American demand has shown some growth Brazil has beenresorting to aggressive selling at lower prices and the expectations are that its exports will reach anall-time peak of 32000 tones in the 1981-82 season The 1981-82 Indian season is only about sixweeks away The Brazilian offensive has forced India to withdraw so to any from the US and WestEuropean markets and increase its reliance on communist buyers As many as 1980-81the SovietUnion alone accounting for 12647 tones But exporters are concerned at the diversion on such a scaleof this tradeQuestions1 Had you been the pepper exporter what would be your short term and medium-term exportmarketing strategy in the above environment2 Could you examine the weak points in this case study

Research MethodologySection A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 marks each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices

1 Research is an art of _________ investigationa Technologicalb Scientificc Politicald None of the above2 Exploratory research is flexible and very ________ researcha Variableb Visualsc Versatiled None of the above3 Frame error chance error and response error are collectively calleda Total errorb Non sampling errorc Sampling errord Universal error4 Hypothesis testing is sometimes called _________ analysisa Exploratory datab Confirmatory datac Experimental datad Both a) amp b)5 Execution of the project is a very important step in the ________ processa Questionsb Identificationc Researchd None of the above

Case let 1Swastika Computer System was established in 1981 at Delhi to provide computer training In 1980scomputer education was relatively new in India Personal computers 286 existed and MS DOS wasthe operating system Languages like Basic Pascal COBOL FORTRAN were used in programmingSwastika Computer Systems was established with their support departments namely computerassembly faculty training and computer servicing department In the first financial year it recorded aturnover of Rs 115 lakhs Within a few years of its existence Swastik Computer System opened itsbranches in eight major cities of India and had a gross annual turnover of Rs 86 lakhs Theorganization was highly centralized The head office at Delhi handled all accounts recruitment andplacement of students and servicing of computers The Bhopal branch of Swastik Computer Systemswas set up in May 1987 The branch was headed by a dynamic branch manager Hemant Gupta Hewas a BSc in computers and had previously worked in the data processing department of amanufacturing concern To establish the Bhopal branch Hemant Gupta realized the need for makingSwastik Computer Systems Bhopal known to the younger generation With this in mind heintroduced some innovative promotional schemes like offering scholarships to students doing well inthe intelligence tests administered by the branch giving personal computers to students to depositterm fees at their convenience Hemant Gupta also ensured that teaching stand

Questions1 What according to you went wrong at the Bhopal branch2 What can be done to revive the Bhopal branchCase let 2

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Page 1 Out of 1

Total Marks 80Q 1) VIRGIN MOBILE (20 MARKS)INTRODUCTIONVirgin Mobile a leading branded venture capital organization is one of the worlds most recognizedand respected brands Conceived in 1970 by Sir Richard Branson the Virgin Mobile Group has goneon to grow very successful businesses in sectors ranging from mobile telephony to transportationtravel financial services leisure music holidays publishing and retailing Virgin Mobile has createdmore than 200 branded companies worldwide employing approximately 50000 people in 29countries Its revenues around the world in 2006 exceeded pound10 billion (approx US$20 billion)In Indian mobile market Virgin mobile is a unique player based on its business model and strategy Itis the only service provider which does not hold any bandwidth and mobile setup infrastructure butuses Tata Teleservices spectrum and is penetrating market totally on its branding and marketingstrategy Creating a niche brand and promoting it to specific customer segment with proper marketinghas been the key success factor for virgin mobile across the globe So from ma

Questions1) Who was the Target Market for Virgin Mobile2) What do you understand by Value Creation in context to this case study3) Does the customer acquisition and retention strategy really help Virgin Mobiles4) Study and elaborate the business model of Virgin mobile

Case-1 Siebel and Sun Microsystems Keep Their Customers SatisfiedItrsquos one thing to talk about customer satisfaction it is another thing to achieve it To achievesuperior satisfaction among its business customers marketers at two software companies Siebel Systemsand Sun Microsystems have come up with an old-fashioned method Let them talk with each otherBoth companies have instituted reference programs for their B2B customers in which designatedcustomers who are already satisfied with the services they receive are willing to communicate withpotential or new customers At both Sun and Siebel suitable customers are nominated-usually by thesalespeople who know them best Then these customers are contacted and asked whether they would liketo participate in a reference program If they decline thatrsquos fine If they accept the have a number ofpotion with regard to calls or accept they want to participate They might be willing to take calls or acceptvisits from prospective customers of Sun or Siebel they might participate a customer roundtable or

breakfast they could do speaking engagements or media tours In addition they are likely to meet withSun or Siebel executives on a regular basis for updates EMI Industries recently hosted calls and grantedinterviews to trade publications about its experiences with Siebel Target participated in an ad campaignfor Sun How does this help get Sunrsquos message across ldquoAn ad that says lsquoTarget saves a certain amountper yearrsquo means more than just saying lsquoRetailers saverdquo explains Sunrsquos Aaron Cohen senior programmanagerThe reference relations

Questions-1 In what ways do the reference programs create added value for Siebelrsquos and Sun MicrosystemsrsquoB2B customers2 How might the reference programs help Siebel and Sun Microsystems predict demand for theirproducts

Subject Marketing management___________________________________________________________________________Question (Each question carries 10 marks)1 ldquoMarketing research is the key to the success of a companyrdquo Discuss the above statement keeping in viewan example of the recent past where application of market research helped in formulating the rightmarketing strategy2 Identify the advertising medium which is more effective in terms of cost and reach in relation to othermedia available to the marketer Illustrate your responses with a specific advertising campaign3 As the marketing chief of a highly progressive herbal skin care company poised to tap and penetrate thesouth Indian market what kind of marketing organization you like to evolve4 You are marketing manager of a medium sized manufacturing company The president has just made thefollowing statement The distribution activity is not a concern of the marketing department The function ofthe marketing department is to sell the product let be rest of the company handle production anddistribution5 Define the term marketing Discuss the scope and appropriateness of marketing function in

MARKET RESEARCH

Attempt Only Four Case Study

CASE ndash 1 Consumer Perception of High-end IT Education

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 2: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

International Marketing ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)Part OneMultiple choices1 International marketing includes activities that direct the flow of goods froma One country to one countryb One country to another countryc One country to multiple countryd All of the above2 ETC stands fora Expert trading companiesb Essential trading companiesc Export trading companiesd None of the above3 Till 1950-56 there was no clear exim policy and no _________ restrictions of any kinda Importb Exportc Both a) amp b)d None of the above4 Tariffs have been one of the classical methods of regulating ________ tradea Internationalb Nationalc Domesticd None of the above5 The world trade organization (WTO) was established on 1st Januarya 1996b 1995c 1997d None of the above

Case let 1Export MarketingThe trade in black pepper is unhappy that exports may not show a sign of revival in prices in theimmediate future World prices have been showing a downward trend for eighteen months and thishas resulted in much lower earnings for exporters The UK West Germany and the Netherlands havecut their import requirement though the American demand has shown some growth Brazil has beenresorting to aggressive selling at lower prices and the expectations are that its exports will reach anall-time peak of 32000 tones in the 1981-82 season The 1981-82 Indian season is only about sixweeks away The Brazilian offensive has forced India to withdraw so to any from the US and WestEuropean markets and increase its reliance on communist buyers As many as 1980-81the SovietUnion alone accounting for 12647 tones But exporters are concerned at the diversion on such a scaleof this tradeQuestions1 Had you been the pepper exporter what would be your short term and medium-term exportmarketing strategy in the above environment2 Could you examine the weak points in this case study

Research MethodologySection A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 marks each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices

1 Research is an art of _________ investigationa Technologicalb Scientificc Politicald None of the above2 Exploratory research is flexible and very ________ researcha Variableb Visualsc Versatiled None of the above3 Frame error chance error and response error are collectively calleda Total errorb Non sampling errorc Sampling errord Universal error4 Hypothesis testing is sometimes called _________ analysisa Exploratory datab Confirmatory datac Experimental datad Both a) amp b)5 Execution of the project is a very important step in the ________ processa Questionsb Identificationc Researchd None of the above

Case let 1Swastika Computer System was established in 1981 at Delhi to provide computer training In 1980scomputer education was relatively new in India Personal computers 286 existed and MS DOS wasthe operating system Languages like Basic Pascal COBOL FORTRAN were used in programmingSwastika Computer Systems was established with their support departments namely computerassembly faculty training and computer servicing department In the first financial year it recorded aturnover of Rs 115 lakhs Within a few years of its existence Swastik Computer System opened itsbranches in eight major cities of India and had a gross annual turnover of Rs 86 lakhs Theorganization was highly centralized The head office at Delhi handled all accounts recruitment andplacement of students and servicing of computers The Bhopal branch of Swastik Computer Systemswas set up in May 1987 The branch was headed by a dynamic branch manager Hemant Gupta Hewas a BSc in computers and had previously worked in the data processing department of amanufacturing concern To establish the Bhopal branch Hemant Gupta realized the need for makingSwastik Computer Systems Bhopal known to the younger generation With this in mind heintroduced some innovative promotional schemes like offering scholarships to students doing well inthe intelligence tests administered by the branch giving personal computers to students to depositterm fees at their convenience Hemant Gupta also ensured that teaching stand

Questions1 What according to you went wrong at the Bhopal branch2 What can be done to revive the Bhopal branchCase let 2

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Page 1 Out of 1

Total Marks 80Q 1) VIRGIN MOBILE (20 MARKS)INTRODUCTIONVirgin Mobile a leading branded venture capital organization is one of the worlds most recognizedand respected brands Conceived in 1970 by Sir Richard Branson the Virgin Mobile Group has goneon to grow very successful businesses in sectors ranging from mobile telephony to transportationtravel financial services leisure music holidays publishing and retailing Virgin Mobile has createdmore than 200 branded companies worldwide employing approximately 50000 people in 29countries Its revenues around the world in 2006 exceeded pound10 billion (approx US$20 billion)In Indian mobile market Virgin mobile is a unique player based on its business model and strategy Itis the only service provider which does not hold any bandwidth and mobile setup infrastructure butuses Tata Teleservices spectrum and is penetrating market totally on its branding and marketingstrategy Creating a niche brand and promoting it to specific customer segment with proper marketinghas been the key success factor for virgin mobile across the globe So from ma

Questions1) Who was the Target Market for Virgin Mobile2) What do you understand by Value Creation in context to this case study3) Does the customer acquisition and retention strategy really help Virgin Mobiles4) Study and elaborate the business model of Virgin mobile

Case-1 Siebel and Sun Microsystems Keep Their Customers SatisfiedItrsquos one thing to talk about customer satisfaction it is another thing to achieve it To achievesuperior satisfaction among its business customers marketers at two software companies Siebel Systemsand Sun Microsystems have come up with an old-fashioned method Let them talk with each otherBoth companies have instituted reference programs for their B2B customers in which designatedcustomers who are already satisfied with the services they receive are willing to communicate withpotential or new customers At both Sun and Siebel suitable customers are nominated-usually by thesalespeople who know them best Then these customers are contacted and asked whether they would liketo participate in a reference program If they decline thatrsquos fine If they accept the have a number ofpotion with regard to calls or accept they want to participate They might be willing to take calls or acceptvisits from prospective customers of Sun or Siebel they might participate a customer roundtable or

breakfast they could do speaking engagements or media tours In addition they are likely to meet withSun or Siebel executives on a regular basis for updates EMI Industries recently hosted calls and grantedinterviews to trade publications about its experiences with Siebel Target participated in an ad campaignfor Sun How does this help get Sunrsquos message across ldquoAn ad that says lsquoTarget saves a certain amountper yearrsquo means more than just saying lsquoRetailers saverdquo explains Sunrsquos Aaron Cohen senior programmanagerThe reference relations

Questions-1 In what ways do the reference programs create added value for Siebelrsquos and Sun MicrosystemsrsquoB2B customers2 How might the reference programs help Siebel and Sun Microsystems predict demand for theirproducts

Subject Marketing management___________________________________________________________________________Question (Each question carries 10 marks)1 ldquoMarketing research is the key to the success of a companyrdquo Discuss the above statement keeping in viewan example of the recent past where application of market research helped in formulating the rightmarketing strategy2 Identify the advertising medium which is more effective in terms of cost and reach in relation to othermedia available to the marketer Illustrate your responses with a specific advertising campaign3 As the marketing chief of a highly progressive herbal skin care company poised to tap and penetrate thesouth Indian market what kind of marketing organization you like to evolve4 You are marketing manager of a medium sized manufacturing company The president has just made thefollowing statement The distribution activity is not a concern of the marketing department The function ofthe marketing department is to sell the product let be rest of the company handle production anddistribution5 Define the term marketing Discuss the scope and appropriateness of marketing function in

MARKET RESEARCH

Attempt Only Four Case Study

CASE ndash 1 Consumer Perception of High-end IT Education

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 3: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

1 Research is an art of _________ investigationa Technologicalb Scientificc Politicald None of the above2 Exploratory research is flexible and very ________ researcha Variableb Visualsc Versatiled None of the above3 Frame error chance error and response error are collectively calleda Total errorb Non sampling errorc Sampling errord Universal error4 Hypothesis testing is sometimes called _________ analysisa Exploratory datab Confirmatory datac Experimental datad Both a) amp b)5 Execution of the project is a very important step in the ________ processa Questionsb Identificationc Researchd None of the above

Case let 1Swastika Computer System was established in 1981 at Delhi to provide computer training In 1980scomputer education was relatively new in India Personal computers 286 existed and MS DOS wasthe operating system Languages like Basic Pascal COBOL FORTRAN were used in programmingSwastika Computer Systems was established with their support departments namely computerassembly faculty training and computer servicing department In the first financial year it recorded aturnover of Rs 115 lakhs Within a few years of its existence Swastik Computer System opened itsbranches in eight major cities of India and had a gross annual turnover of Rs 86 lakhs Theorganization was highly centralized The head office at Delhi handled all accounts recruitment andplacement of students and servicing of computers The Bhopal branch of Swastik Computer Systemswas set up in May 1987 The branch was headed by a dynamic branch manager Hemant Gupta Hewas a BSc in computers and had previously worked in the data processing department of amanufacturing concern To establish the Bhopal branch Hemant Gupta realized the need for makingSwastik Computer Systems Bhopal known to the younger generation With this in mind heintroduced some innovative promotional schemes like offering scholarships to students doing well inthe intelligence tests administered by the branch giving personal computers to students to depositterm fees at their convenience Hemant Gupta also ensured that teaching stand

Questions1 What according to you went wrong at the Bhopal branch2 What can be done to revive the Bhopal branchCase let 2

MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Page 1 Out of 1

Total Marks 80Q 1) VIRGIN MOBILE (20 MARKS)INTRODUCTIONVirgin Mobile a leading branded venture capital organization is one of the worlds most recognizedand respected brands Conceived in 1970 by Sir Richard Branson the Virgin Mobile Group has goneon to grow very successful businesses in sectors ranging from mobile telephony to transportationtravel financial services leisure music holidays publishing and retailing Virgin Mobile has createdmore than 200 branded companies worldwide employing approximately 50000 people in 29countries Its revenues around the world in 2006 exceeded pound10 billion (approx US$20 billion)In Indian mobile market Virgin mobile is a unique player based on its business model and strategy Itis the only service provider which does not hold any bandwidth and mobile setup infrastructure butuses Tata Teleservices spectrum and is penetrating market totally on its branding and marketingstrategy Creating a niche brand and promoting it to specific customer segment with proper marketinghas been the key success factor for virgin mobile across the globe So from ma

Questions1) Who was the Target Market for Virgin Mobile2) What do you understand by Value Creation in context to this case study3) Does the customer acquisition and retention strategy really help Virgin Mobiles4) Study and elaborate the business model of Virgin mobile

Case-1 Siebel and Sun Microsystems Keep Their Customers SatisfiedItrsquos one thing to talk about customer satisfaction it is another thing to achieve it To achievesuperior satisfaction among its business customers marketers at two software companies Siebel Systemsand Sun Microsystems have come up with an old-fashioned method Let them talk with each otherBoth companies have instituted reference programs for their B2B customers in which designatedcustomers who are already satisfied with the services they receive are willing to communicate withpotential or new customers At both Sun and Siebel suitable customers are nominated-usually by thesalespeople who know them best Then these customers are contacted and asked whether they would liketo participate in a reference program If they decline thatrsquos fine If they accept the have a number ofpotion with regard to calls or accept they want to participate They might be willing to take calls or acceptvisits from prospective customers of Sun or Siebel they might participate a customer roundtable or

breakfast they could do speaking engagements or media tours In addition they are likely to meet withSun or Siebel executives on a regular basis for updates EMI Industries recently hosted calls and grantedinterviews to trade publications about its experiences with Siebel Target participated in an ad campaignfor Sun How does this help get Sunrsquos message across ldquoAn ad that says lsquoTarget saves a certain amountper yearrsquo means more than just saying lsquoRetailers saverdquo explains Sunrsquos Aaron Cohen senior programmanagerThe reference relations

Questions-1 In what ways do the reference programs create added value for Siebelrsquos and Sun MicrosystemsrsquoB2B customers2 How might the reference programs help Siebel and Sun Microsystems predict demand for theirproducts

Subject Marketing management___________________________________________________________________________Question (Each question carries 10 marks)1 ldquoMarketing research is the key to the success of a companyrdquo Discuss the above statement keeping in viewan example of the recent past where application of market research helped in formulating the rightmarketing strategy2 Identify the advertising medium which is more effective in terms of cost and reach in relation to othermedia available to the marketer Illustrate your responses with a specific advertising campaign3 As the marketing chief of a highly progressive herbal skin care company poised to tap and penetrate thesouth Indian market what kind of marketing organization you like to evolve4 You are marketing manager of a medium sized manufacturing company The president has just made thefollowing statement The distribution activity is not a concern of the marketing department The function ofthe marketing department is to sell the product let be rest of the company handle production anddistribution5 Define the term marketing Discuss the scope and appropriateness of marketing function in

MARKET RESEARCH

Attempt Only Four Case Study

CASE ndash 1 Consumer Perception of High-end IT Education

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 4: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Page 1 Out of 1

Total Marks 80Q 1) VIRGIN MOBILE (20 MARKS)INTRODUCTIONVirgin Mobile a leading branded venture capital organization is one of the worlds most recognizedand respected brands Conceived in 1970 by Sir Richard Branson the Virgin Mobile Group has goneon to grow very successful businesses in sectors ranging from mobile telephony to transportationtravel financial services leisure music holidays publishing and retailing Virgin Mobile has createdmore than 200 branded companies worldwide employing approximately 50000 people in 29countries Its revenues around the world in 2006 exceeded pound10 billion (approx US$20 billion)In Indian mobile market Virgin mobile is a unique player based on its business model and strategy Itis the only service provider which does not hold any bandwidth and mobile setup infrastructure butuses Tata Teleservices spectrum and is penetrating market totally on its branding and marketingstrategy Creating a niche brand and promoting it to specific customer segment with proper marketinghas been the key success factor for virgin mobile across the globe So from ma

Questions1) Who was the Target Market for Virgin Mobile2) What do you understand by Value Creation in context to this case study3) Does the customer acquisition and retention strategy really help Virgin Mobiles4) Study and elaborate the business model of Virgin mobile

Case-1 Siebel and Sun Microsystems Keep Their Customers SatisfiedItrsquos one thing to talk about customer satisfaction it is another thing to achieve it To achievesuperior satisfaction among its business customers marketers at two software companies Siebel Systemsand Sun Microsystems have come up with an old-fashioned method Let them talk with each otherBoth companies have instituted reference programs for their B2B customers in which designatedcustomers who are already satisfied with the services they receive are willing to communicate withpotential or new customers At both Sun and Siebel suitable customers are nominated-usually by thesalespeople who know them best Then these customers are contacted and asked whether they would liketo participate in a reference program If they decline thatrsquos fine If they accept the have a number ofpotion with regard to calls or accept they want to participate They might be willing to take calls or acceptvisits from prospective customers of Sun or Siebel they might participate a customer roundtable or

breakfast they could do speaking engagements or media tours In addition they are likely to meet withSun or Siebel executives on a regular basis for updates EMI Industries recently hosted calls and grantedinterviews to trade publications about its experiences with Siebel Target participated in an ad campaignfor Sun How does this help get Sunrsquos message across ldquoAn ad that says lsquoTarget saves a certain amountper yearrsquo means more than just saying lsquoRetailers saverdquo explains Sunrsquos Aaron Cohen senior programmanagerThe reference relations

Questions-1 In what ways do the reference programs create added value for Siebelrsquos and Sun MicrosystemsrsquoB2B customers2 How might the reference programs help Siebel and Sun Microsystems predict demand for theirproducts

Subject Marketing management___________________________________________________________________________Question (Each question carries 10 marks)1 ldquoMarketing research is the key to the success of a companyrdquo Discuss the above statement keeping in viewan example of the recent past where application of market research helped in formulating the rightmarketing strategy2 Identify the advertising medium which is more effective in terms of cost and reach in relation to othermedia available to the marketer Illustrate your responses with a specific advertising campaign3 As the marketing chief of a highly progressive herbal skin care company poised to tap and penetrate thesouth Indian market what kind of marketing organization you like to evolve4 You are marketing manager of a medium sized manufacturing company The president has just made thefollowing statement The distribution activity is not a concern of the marketing department The function ofthe marketing department is to sell the product let be rest of the company handle production anddistribution5 Define the term marketing Discuss the scope and appropriateness of marketing function in

MARKET RESEARCH

Attempt Only Four Case Study

CASE ndash 1 Consumer Perception of High-end IT Education

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 5: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

breakfast they could do speaking engagements or media tours In addition they are likely to meet withSun or Siebel executives on a regular basis for updates EMI Industries recently hosted calls and grantedinterviews to trade publications about its experiences with Siebel Target participated in an ad campaignfor Sun How does this help get Sunrsquos message across ldquoAn ad that says lsquoTarget saves a certain amountper yearrsquo means more than just saying lsquoRetailers saverdquo explains Sunrsquos Aaron Cohen senior programmanagerThe reference relations

Questions-1 In what ways do the reference programs create added value for Siebelrsquos and Sun MicrosystemsrsquoB2B customers2 How might the reference programs help Siebel and Sun Microsystems predict demand for theirproducts

Subject Marketing management___________________________________________________________________________Question (Each question carries 10 marks)1 ldquoMarketing research is the key to the success of a companyrdquo Discuss the above statement keeping in viewan example of the recent past where application of market research helped in formulating the rightmarketing strategy2 Identify the advertising medium which is more effective in terms of cost and reach in relation to othermedia available to the marketer Illustrate your responses with a specific advertising campaign3 As the marketing chief of a highly progressive herbal skin care company poised to tap and penetrate thesouth Indian market what kind of marketing organization you like to evolve4 You are marketing manager of a medium sized manufacturing company The president has just made thefollowing statement The distribution activity is not a concern of the marketing department The function ofthe marketing department is to sell the product let be rest of the company handle production anddistribution5 Define the term marketing Discuss the scope and appropriateness of marketing function in

MARKET RESEARCH

Attempt Only Four Case Study

CASE ndash 1 Consumer Perception of High-end IT Education

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 6: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

This case study of recent origin (2001) illustrates the use of free-response questions which permit respondents to give unstructured answers The responses are given in the form of excerpted quotes from the study at the end of the case The entire study was bigger in scope and results These reported results are only for the purpose of illustration and do not constitute the complete analysis

BACKGROUND

Question

1 Write don a brief summary of all the answers given above How does this differ from the analysis of structured-response questions

SUBJECT MARKETING MANAGEMENT(RE-EXAM)NB 1 Attempt all the Questions2 All Questions Carry Equal Marks____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks )1997 s aw th e US$19 bi l l io n mer ge r of Gu inne s s an d Gr an dMet t o f orm Diage ot he wor ldrsquo s la rg es t dr ink s company Gu inne s s wa s t he g r o uprsquo s t op - s el l in gbe v er ag e a f t er Smi r no f f vo dk a wi t h an es t imat ed g lob a l v a lue o f US$12 bi l l i onMor e t han 10 mi l l i on gla s s es o f t he wor ldrsquo s mos t po pula r s t o ut wer e s old ev er yda y pr ed omin ant ly in Guin nes s rsquo s top ma r k et s r es pec t i v ely th e UK I r ela ndNige r ia t h e USA an d Camer oon Howev er t he f amou s da r k s to ut wi th t he whi t e c r eamy h ead wa s c au s ing s omes t r at eg i c c onc er ns f o r Diag eo I n 1999 fo r t he f i r s t t ime in t he 241- y ea r hi s t or yof Guinn es s s a le s f el l I n ea r ly 2002 Diag eo CEO P aul Wa l s h anno u nc e d t o th egr ou prsquo s c onc er ned sha r e hold er s t hat glo ba l v olume gr owt h of Guinn es s wa s d own4 pe r c ent in th e l a s t s ix mo nt hs of 2001 and mor e a la rmingly s a le s we r e a l s odown 4 pe r c en t in i t s home ma rk et I r ela nd How s hou ld Diage o a ddr es s f a l l in gsa les in t he c ent ur ies - old br an d sh r oude d i n I r i s h my s t ique an d t r a di t ion

Quest ions -1 Fr om a ma r k et ing p er sp ec t iv e what ha s Guinn es s d o ne t o e nsu r e i t slong ev i t y 2 How would y ou c ha r a c t er i z e t he Guinn es s br and 3 Wha t cou ld Gui nnes s do t o a t t r a c t y oung er dr ink er s And to r et a in i t solde r lo y a l c us tomer ba se Can b ot h be done a t th e same t ime4 I s t he qu i ck - po ur con ce pt a goo d or bad idea Wh y

SUBJECT MASS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 7: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Total Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry 16 marks3) There are five questionsQNo1) (16 Marks)CASE STUDYNoiseRajesh Varma a Delhi businessman was quite impressed when during his visit toJapan he found factory hands working to the accompaniment of soft music which waspiped through the public address system He was quite determined to introduce thislsquomodem innovationrsquo in his factory at Vapi and did so immediately on his return fromhis foreign tourHe however forgot that the machines in his factory were old and noisy Moreover asthe factory hands would like only film

Question(1) Explain the three physical barriers that are commonly encountered in thecommunication processQNo2) (16 Marks)(2) Congress (I) - 1989 Election CampaignThe Congress (I) campaign at the 1989 general

SUBJECT Material ManagementNote - 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the need for International Purchase Discuss the procedure and problems in InternationalPurchase2 Differentiate between independent and dependent demand inventory Dependent demand inventoryitems do not need to be forecast Why not Explain with the help of examples3 If you reduce WIP then you expose many organizational bottlenecks Comment on this statementAlso state the reasons for your agreementdisagreement4 Explain how a performance appraisal system can be used in the context of materials managementWhat are the metrics of performance appraisal in materials management5 What is the scope of materials management Define the various roles of materials management in thecontext of internal and external interfaces to a materials management system6 Why is negotiation an important aspect of purchasing Describe the elements and objectives ofnegotiation Also discuss the negotiation process and techniques7 Discuss the various losses in warehouses What are the reasons of their generation Discuss theprocedure of preventing and controlling losses in a warehouse8 What are the measures you recommend to maintain inventory security in stores Discuss in brief the

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 8: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

problems and their remedies in case of valuation of finished goods and work-in-process inventory

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

1 What is the objective of marketing What three ways will help it achieve this objective

2 For the following data calculate the number of workers required for level production and the resulting month-end inventories Each worker can produce 9 units per day and the desired ending inventory is 800 units Why is it not possible to reach the ending inventory target

Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 Total

Working Days 20 24 12 22 20 19

Forecast Demand 2800 3000 2700 3300 2900 3200

Planned Production

Planned Inventory

1000

3 What is a scheduled receipt From where does it originate

4 What are the two ways of balancing capacity available and load Which is preferred Why

5 A company is negotiating with a potential supplier for the purchase of 10000 widgets The company estimates that the supplierrsquos variable costs are $5 per unit and that the fixed costs depreciation overhead etc are $5000 The supplier quotes a price of $10 per unit Calculate the estimated average cost per unit Do you think $10 is too much to pay Could the purchasing department negotiate a better price

6 What action should be taken when unacceptable error is found in tracking a forecast

7 How do each of the following influence inventory decisionsa Lumpy Demandb Minimum ordersc Transportation Costsd Multiples

8 Why is stock location important in a warehouse Name and describe four basic systems of stock location

9 A company has an annual demand for a product of 1000 units a carrying cost of $20 per unit per year and a setup cost of $100 Through a program of setup reduction the setup cost is reduced to $10 Run costs are $2 per unit Calculate

a The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) before setup reductionb The EOQ (Economic Order Quality) after setup reduction

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 9: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

c The total and unit cost before and after setup reduction

10 Why was the third party registration system established for ISO 9000 certification

SUB MATERIALS MANAGEMENTNB 1) Attempt any Sixteen Questions2) All questions carries equal marks1What do you understand from integrated materials management What are the obstaclesencountered to make this approach effective2Name the industry and the products for which materials requirement planning technique wouldbe suitable than economic order quantities and explain why3What do you understand from Materials Requirement Planning (MRP) What are itsadvantages over conventional tools of inventory planning Which types of industries have use ofthis technique 4Why should purchase department participate in product development Explain to what extent itis practiced in Indian Industry 5Describe the procedure to be followed for the purchase of an item until payment of the billIndicate the controls involved6 What are blanket orders What are their salient features For what type of items is thismethod of buying suitable 7How will you organize buying of seasonal commodities Explain giving examples 8How does ldquoBuying under riskrdquo differ from ldquoBuying under uncertaintyrdquo Give a comparativeanalysis of the two methods 9What are the responsibilities of receiving stores What are the different types of materialsreceived in the organization 10What is pallet What are the different types of pallets used in the industry Describe in briefthe advantages of palletisation 11Define logistics management Explain briefly the benefits that can accrue to the organizationfrom the successful implementation of the concept 12How does an effective system of electronic data processing help in materials management

Subject- Materials ManagementTotal marks 80Group ACase 1 (10 Marks)Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation(A case on vender rating in material management)Renuka Thomas President of Renuka Machines Manufacturing Corporation (RMMC) is concerned aboutcompanyrsquos choice of suppliers for cleaning brushes which are used in the companyrsquos data processing equipmentRenuka occasionally plays tennis with Sheela George President of George Machine Company (GMC) one of thecompanyrsquos suppliers of cleaning brushesRecently Sheela complained to Renuka that her company has been having difficulty in getting the traditionalshare of Renukarsquos business On the last buy Sheelarsquos company failed to get any business even though Sheela

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 10: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

believed she was the lowest bidder Renuka tells Sheela that normally she does not get into the details ofprocurement but she promises to ask her Purchasing Manager Dannis Chako to investigateThe next day morning Renuka calls Dannis Chako and tells him of Sheelarsquos complaint He said (says) that hedoes not want to influence the companyrsquos procurement policies but he does not feel that Renuka shouldinvestigate to make sure that Sheelarsquos firm was treated fairlyPurchasing Manager Dannis discovers that George Machine Company was indeed the lowest bidder on the lastbuying Quotations for an order of 20000 units were as under

Questions1 Is Dannis Chako justified in eliminating George Machine Company as a supplier of brushes2 In what respect is the complaint from George Machine Company justified3 Prepare a report for Renuka Thomas explaining the decision to eliminate George Machine company as asupplier Use quantitative data as much as possible to support your answer

SUB MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONSCASE STUDY 1ABC Ltd is considering the acquisition of XYZ Ltd The management of ABC believes that the cost ofgoods sold could be reduced by 15 percent over the next 8 Years (due to purchasing economies) andadministrative expenses could be brought down by 3 per cent The forecost of income statement of XYZunder ABC is given underIn US $ lsquo000rsquoYear 1 2 3Sales 60000 63000 66000COG8 30000 31000 33000Depreciation 4000 4200 4300SGA 21000 22000 22500Assume that cash flow increases at 7 after year 3ABC needs to incur expenditure on fixed assets and working capital to make operational improvement toXYZ the details of which are given hereYear 1 2 3Capex 4900 5100 5300WC (510) (540) (550)Q1) Explain the free cash flow valuationQ2) What are the several approaches for measuring the value of the target firmQ3) At a discount rate of 13 what is the maximum price that ABC should payQ4) At

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 11: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

SUBJECT NETWORK MANAGEMENTMarks 80CASE STUDY 1The Engineering Department of 12 persons in a small corporation in on a regular 10 Base T EthernetLan Hub with 16 ports The busy group started complaining because of the slow networkperformance The network was operating at 50 utilization whereas 30 utilization is acceptable Ifyou are the Information Technology Engineer of the corporation and have to resolve the problemtechnicallyQuestion 1) Describe four choices for resolving the problem maintaining the lan as Ethernet Lan2) State the advantages of each approach3) State the disadvantages of each approach4) Give reasoning about the choice you would prefer

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conductedCurrently there are more than 20 million blind people in India and only over four million surgeries areperformed every year Over 75 of the blindness is due to cataract Cataract is the clouding of thenatural eye lens due to ageing or otherwise There are two types of cataract surgeries one in which thenatural lens is removed and then glasses are provided after three to four weeks called intracapsularsurgery (ICCE) and the other where after removing the natural

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 12: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

QUESTIONS-1 What is the vision of AECS What is the role of operations in meeting it2 Can this system be replicated to other aspects of health care Other services What will be theproblems What will be the advantages3 How do different elements of AECS work together to deliver the vision of Dr V4 What are some of the problems AECS facing Are they inherent in its model or they could be rectifiedwhile keeping the model intact

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________SECTION ACase ndash 1 Marks- 20Dr Govinda Venkataswamy (fondly called Dr V) founded the Aravind Eye Hospitals in 1976 with an 11-bed facility in Madural which performed all types of eye surgeries Its goal was to offer quality care atreasonable cost In 1978 a 70 bed free hospital was opened to provide the poor with quality care In2004 Aravind Eye Care System comprised Eye Care Facilities at Madural Theni Tirunelveli Coimbatoreand Pondicherry (Exhibit 1) and performed nearly 230000 eye surgeries and handled 1640000outpatient visits (Exhibit 2) It is recognized as the worldrsquos most productive eye hospital handling thelargest patient volume Its website states that lsquowith less than 1 of the countryrsquos ophthalmic manpowerAravind accounts for 5 of the ophthalmic surgeries performed nationwiderdquo Its mission has now becometo ldquoeradicate needless blindness by providing appropriate compassionate and quality eye care for allrdquoEach day across all five Aravind Eye Hospitals about 4481 outpatient visits are handled about 627surgeries take place and about three camps are conducted

Case Study 1 -

Read the case carefully and answer the questions at the end of the case

Good Shepherd Home

The Good Shepherd Home is a long-term care facility with an 80-bed capacity located in San Mateo California Mr Scott the administrator is concerned bout rising food costs He questions whether administration is efficient as it might be and realizes that food a raw material for his food services has increases in price significantly Mr Scott decides to investigate food services more closely

Analyzing last months purchased items Mr Scott summarizes a random selection of items Mr Scott wonders what interpretation he should make about these typical items He has looked at 100 stock items and is considering tighter controls (dozens cases pounds etc) have been ordered

Typical Inventory Items

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 13: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Number of Stock Items

Quantity Ordered (in units)

Total Cost (in $) Average Inventory (in $)

3 50 3500 1200

12 150 2500 900

20 200 1500 600

40 400 2000 200

25 200 500 200

Of particular interest is a problem with a perishable good Since the home has

Questions

1 What is the problem associated in the case

2 How do you solve the bread problem which is a perishable good Could you find out the optimum size (EOQ) of the bread that must be ordered

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

Attempt Only Eight Question-

1 How would operations strategy for a service industry be different if any from that for a

manufacturing industry (Its an example amp explain)

2 Consider the following two mutually exclusive projects The net cash flows are given below

YEAR NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT A NET CASH FLOWS FROM PROJECT B

0 - Rs 100000 - Rs 100000-

1 + Rs 30000 + Rs 15000-

2 + Rs 35000 + Rs 17500-

3 + Rs 40000 + Rs 20000-

4 + Rs 45000 + Rs 22500-

5 + Rs 25000-

6 + Rs 27500-

7 + Rs 30000-

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 14: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

8 + Rs 32500-

If the desired rate of return is 10 which project should be chosen

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

1) What are the objectives of purchase department Explain briefly the purchase procedure2) What are the factors to be considered for planning the lay-out of a new factory3) What is waste management Explain the importance of waste management4) What are the advantages amp disadvantages of different types of site location5) What is power supply What alternative power supplies are available to an industrial unit6) What provisions of Indian Factories Act of 1948 apply to Industrial sanitation Explain each pointclearly7) Explain briefly the functions of production planning amp control8) What are the usual errors made in plant location selection9) Explain the steps involved in maintenance job planning and scheduling10) Write short notes on any two of the following(a) Material requirement planning(b) Safety management(c) Time study

SUBJECT OPERATION MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1Ram Dubey recently purchased a chain of dry cleaners in North Uttar Pradesh Although thebusiness is making a modest profit now Ram suspects that if he invests in a new press hecould recognize a substantial increase in profits The new press costs $ 15400 to purchaseand install and can press 40 shirts an hour or 320 per day Ram estimates that with the newpress it will cost $ 025 to launder and press each shirt customers are charged $ 110 per shirtQ1) How many shirts will Ram have to press to break evenQ2) So far Ramrsquos workload has varied from 50 to 200 shirts a day How long would it take tobreak even on the new press at the low demand estimate At the high demand estimateQ3) If Ram cuts his price to $ 099 a shirt he expects to be able to stabilize his customer baseat 250 shirts per day How long would it take to break even at the reduced price of $ 099Q4) Should Ram cut his price and buy the new press

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 15: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

SUBJECT Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks_____________________________________________________________________________1 What is the purpose of aggregate production planning When is aggregated planningmost useful Explain2 Explain in general terms how a safety stock level is determined using customer servicelevel3 Discuss how a quality-management program can affect productivity4 Select three service companies or organizations you are familiar with and indicate howprocess control charts could be used in each5 Explain the various factors that are to be taken into account for plant location Discussin connection with setting up an Automobile industry6 Explain the term Break-even analysis Draw imaginary BEP chart and briefly describeits merits and demerits7 Define Purchase Systems What are the common objectives of the purchasing function8 Explain the role of production manager

Note Solve any 4 Case Studies

Case 1 Rover-Honda

Rover the British car maker belonging to the BLMC conglomerate (later renamed as BL) faced the problem of survival in the late 1970s No introduction of a new model for a long time was a particularly acute problem for Rover The existing range was tired and incompetent and because of financial weakness investment had been severely curtailed for a number of years Similarly design resources had been cut and the specialist skills inherited from separate companies had been protected BL had excess production capacity but products with the poor reputation for quality and reliability The only solution seemed to be collaboration with foreign company which could provide its design expertise to Rover

Questions

1 What were the advantages derived by Honda from its relationship with BL

2 Were there any Commercial risks for Honda in sharing its design skills with BL

3 What went wrong for Rover in regaining its design capabilities for replacing its existing fleet of models Suggest a plan which Rover should have followed in this regard

Operations Research

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

This section consists of Mixed type questions amp Short Answer type questions

Answer all the questions

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 16: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 In case of (lt=) inequality to convert the inequality to an equation we used to add a slack variable to the left hand side of the constraint this slake variable should be

a Negative

b Positive

c May be positive or negative

d Zero

2 In a set of m Χ n equations (mltn) the maximum number of corner points is given byhelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

3 According to penalty rule for artificial variables the objective coefficient of the artificial variable represents an appropriate penalty positive or negative depending on the problem but the necessary condition required to hold this is the value should be

a infin

b 0

c 1

d None

4 The cases of the Simplex method in which the value of the variables may increased indefinitely without change in the constraints is

a Degeneracy

b Alternative optima

c Unbounded solutions

d Nonexisting solutions

5 An arc in network model is said to be lsquoDirectedrsquo if it allows positive flow in one direction and

a Negative flow in negative direction

b Zero flow in negative direction

c Negative flow in perpendicular direction

d None

Examination Paper of Operations Management

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 17: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Section B Practical Problems (40 marks) This section consists of Practical Problems Answer all the questions Each Practical Problem is of 10 marks

1 The stock of WalMark Stores Inc trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WMS Historically the price of WMS goes up with the increase in the Dow average 60 of the time and goes down with the DOW 25 of the time There is also a 5 chance that WMS will go up when the Dow goes and 10 that it will go down when the Dow goes up

a) Determine the probability that WMS will go up regardless of the Dow b) Find the probability that probability that WMS goes up given that the Dow is up c) What is the probability WMS goes down given that Dow is down 2 Prove that if the probability P AB = P A then A and B must be independent

3 Tasco Oil owns a pipeline booster unit that that operates continuously The time between breakdowns for each booster is exponential with a mean of 20 hours The repair time is exponential with mean 3 hours In a particular station two repairpersons attend 10 boosters The hourly wage for each repairperson is $18 Pipeline losses are estimated to be $30 per broken booster per hour Tasco is studying the possibility of hiring an additional repairperson

a) Will there be any cost savings in hiring a third repairperson b) What is the schedule loss in dollars per breakdown when the number of repairpersons on duty is two Three

4 Cars arrive at a one-bay car wash facility the interarrival time is exponential with a mean of 10 minutes Arriving cars line up in a single lane can accommodate at most five waiting cars If the lane is full newly arriving cars will go elsewhere It takes between 10 and 15 minutes uniformly distributed to wash a car Simulate the system for 960 minutes and estimate

Logistics Engineering and Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Mixed Type questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Analysis method in which evaluation of alternative design configuration using multiple criteria is a Level of repair analysis b Maintenance task analysis c Evaluation of design alternatives d None of the above

2 Orientation of Logistic are a Product among organization b Total benefits among organization c Towards managing of labour d Towards managing the physical flow of material amp product among organization

3 LMI stands for a Logistics Management Information b Legal Management Information c Logistics Managerial Information

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 18: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

d None of the above

4 Technical performance measures (TPMs) is applied for a Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for expenses b Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for labour c Evaluation of prime mission related system amp elements for support d None of the above

5 System structure should facilitate a Design on an evolutionary basis b Design a system with in a minimum cost c Design on an evolutionary basis amp with minimum cost d Both (a) amp (b)

6 Conceptual design is initiated in response of a Identification of customer need b Identification of consumer demand

Caselet 1 Company Profile Indian Steels Limited (ISL) is a Rs 6000 crore company established in the year 1986 The company envisaged being a continuously growing top class company to deliver superior quality and cost effective products for infrastructure development The company performed with a mission to attain 7 million ton liquid steel capacity through technological up-gradation operational efficiency and expansion to produce steel with the international standards of cost and quality to meet the aspirations of the stakeholders The production started in the year 1988 and initially it manufactured Angles Pig Irons Beams and Wire Rods that were mainly used for constructing roads dams and bridge The products were mainly supplied to Public Sector Undertaking such as Railway Public Work Department (PWD) Central Public Work Department (CPWD) Rashtriya Setu Nigam Audyogik Kendrya Vikas Nigam Ltdand various foundry units The company had its headquarters at Raipur with three stockyards The company has establish itself well and is said to be considering its expansion plan and proposed merger with another steel making giant in the country The company was awarded ISO 9001 ISO 14001 and ISO 18001 certifications The temperature in the plant premises is reportedly about 6 degrees Celsius lesser than that of the township thanks to the greenery being maintained therein Logistics Outsourc

1 Analyze the case in view of the logistics outsourcing practices of the ISL

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 19: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

2 Discuss the importance of logistics outsourcing with reference to supply chain management

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

1 Define organizational behavior and organizational structure2 What is the difference between a manager and a leader Do leaders need different skillsto be effective3 What is the difference between a group amp a team What are the different types of workteams4 How would you define conflict Distinguish between functional amp dysfunctional conflictsby giving suitable examples5 Explain the different types of employee involvement and employee recognitionprograms with the help of suitable examples6 Select the most appropriate answer of the following (20 each 2 marks)1) The groups to which an individual aspires to belong ie the one with which he or sheidentifies is calleda) coalitionsb) committeesc) reference groupsd) task groups2) One small drawback of the five-stage model is that ita) ignores the organizational contextb) ignores the situational factorsc) ignores the individual attributesd) ignores the formal structure3) Individual employees can be converted into team players througha) appropriate feedbackb) trainingc) monitoringd) demonstration4) One who tries to bring discipline and order through formal structures plans andprocesses and tries to monitor performance against plans is aa) leaderb) managerc) co-ordinatord) team-player5) If the followers are able and unwilling then the leader will have to use thea) authoritarian styleb) participative style

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 20: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

SUBJECT Organizational behavior(re-exam)Note- 1) Kindly write case study number question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets_____________________________________________________________________________

Section ACase ndash1 -Rosemary Maellaro University of Dallas Marks-10Diana Gillen had an uneasy feeling of apprehension as she arrived at the Cobb Street Grille corporateoffices Today she was meeting with her supervisor Julie Spencer and regional director Tom Miner tolearn the outcome of her promotion interview for the district manager position Diana had been employedby this casual dining restaurant chain for 12 years and had worked her way up from waitress to generalmanager Based on her track record she was the obvious choice for the promotion and her friendsassured her that the interview process was merely a formality Diana was still anxious though and fearedthat the news might not be positive She knew she was more than qualified for the job but that didnrsquotguarantee anything these daysNine months ago when Diana interviewed for the last district manager opening she thought her selectionfor the job was inevitable She was shocked when that didnrsquot happen Diana was so upset about notgetting promoted then that she initially decided not to apply for the current opening She eventuallychanged her mindmdashafter all the company had just named her ldquorestaurant manager of the yearrdquo andtrusted her with managing their flagship location Diana thought her chances had to be really good thistimeA multi-unit management position was a desirable move up for any general

Questions-1 Within the framework of the emotional intelligence domains of self-awareness self-management socialawareness and relationship management discuss the various factors that might have led to Dianarsquosfailure to be promoted2 What competencies does Diana need to develop to be promotable in the future What can the companydo to support her developmental efforts

Case 1 The Chinese Dragon and a New Organization Structure

Since the reform initiative in 1979 the Chinese government has promoted an aggressive policy of export-led growth that has resulted in an annual average of double-digit growth rate The transition of the Chinese economy from an administratively controlled regime to a market oriented one was under the close observation of international trading bodies Many member countries of WTO were apprehensive about the possible impact of Chinese accession to WTO Chinarsquos internal economic strength led the world to believe that the twenty-first century will be dominated by China Despite such apprehensions many however believed that the immediate

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 21: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

imbalance in the foreign trade of many countries created because of China grabbing the world market will get off-set by the world consumerrsquos gain in the long run It was also expected that this will also put China under pressure to comply with the changing global norms tastes and preferences After an effort over a decade China could ultimately become a member of WTO in the Doha Ministerial Conference (2001) For many Chinarsquos entry into the WTO is still a source of anxiety Low labour cost and devaluation of Chinese currency are imminent in China This will spark job losses in domestic markets Many even subscribe to the feeling that China will destroy the basic fabric of free trade under WTO regime as still largely follows its regulated economic practices violating the principles of free market Some believe that Chinarsquos accession to WTO is a deliberate political move to sort out its disputes with trade partners subscribing to commonly agreed principles of WTO

Questions

1 On reading the news about accession of China to WTO your organization an internationally well-known name in manufacturing of bicycles who had just two years ago started operations in India decided to relocate its manufacturing base to China while retaining other service and corporate support in India Discuss what should be the likely structure of your organization (To help you understand the bicycle manufacturing and support services of the company a brief outline of the product and process oriented activities is given below)

Product-oriented

Bicycle Project

Management amp Planning

System test

System Design

Frame Accessory hardware

RearDrive Assembly

Front Assembly

HandlebarForkFront wheel

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 22: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Process-oriented

Bicycle Project

2 Explain the logic behind your suggested structure What advantage can be reaped out of this move What are the likely problems your organization may encounter in such a move

CASE I

A DIAMOND PERSONALITY

Ask Suraj bhai about the dot-com burst and he may grin at you as if to say ``What

burstrsquorsquo Suraj bhai a 38-year-old entrepreneur owns an Internet business that sells loose

diamonds to various buyers Business is becoming for Suraj bhai In 2004 he had sales of

INR 3500 million Needless to say Suraj bhai is optimistic about his business venture

Questions

1 What factors do you think attributed to Suraj bhairsquos success Was he

merely ``in the right place at the right timersquorsquo or are there characteristics

about him that contribute to his success

Organizational BehaviourSection A Objective Type amp Short Questions (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice and short notes type questionsAnswer all the questions

Management amp Planning

Acceptance testing

Design Purchasing AssemblyPaintingFabrication

System DesignStylingComponents Design

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 23: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Part one carries 1 mark each and part two carries 5 marks eachPart A-Multiple Choices-1 Which of the following is not comes under Maslow‟s needs theory1 Social needs2 Affiliation needs3 Physiological needs4 Specification needs2 Collegial model is an extension ofa Supportive modelb Autocratic modelc Custodial modeld None of the above3 Sigmund Freud‟s theory on personality isa Related with moral valuesb Related with sexual valuesc Related with social valuesd Related with parental values4 A person who moves fast talk rapidly usually impatient measures success by quantity is a personofa Class A personality typeb Class B personality typec Class C personality typed Class AB personality type5 According to Maslow‟s need hierarchy

Caselet 1Ms ABC Ltd is a medium-sized engineering company producing a large-range of product linesaccording to customer requirements It has earned a good reputation as a quick and reliable supplier toits customers because of which its volume of business kept on increasing However over the past oneyear the Managing Director of the company has been receiving customer complaints due to delays indispatch of products and at times the company has to pay substantial penalty for not meeting theschedule in time The Managing Director convened an urgent meeting of various functional managersto discuss the issue The marketing manager questioned the arbitrary manner of giving priority toproducts in manufacturing line causing delays in wanted products and over-stocking of productswhich are not required immediately Production Control Manager complained that he does not haveadequate staff to plan and control the production function and whatever little planning he does isgenerally overlooked by shop floor manager Shop floor managers complained of unrealisticplanning excessive machine breakdowns power failure and shortage of materials for scheduledproducts because of which it is impossible to stick to the schedule Maintenance manager says that hedoes not get important spares required for equipment maintenance because of which he cannot repairmachines at a faster rate Inventory control manager says that on one hand the company often accuseshim of carrying too much stock and on other hand people are grumbling over shortages Fed up bymutual mud-slinging the Managing Director decided to appoint you a bright management consultantwith training in business management to suggest ways and means to put his ldquohouse in orderrdquoQuestions-1 What would you suggest to avoid delays in dispatch of products2 What action should be taken by various functional managers to meet the scheduled dates

Personnel Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 24: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Goal setting theory is developed by a Vroom b Edwin Lock c Alderfer d Herzberg

2 Vertical enlargement of a job by adding responsibility and opportunity for personal growth is referred as a Quality Circle b Work Redesign c Job Enrichment d Job enlargement

3 It is the process by which data in regard to each job is systematically observed and noted a Job Enrichment b Job Enlargement c Job Analysis d Job Description

4 The primary purpose of training is to establish a sound relationship between the worker and his ______ a Employer b Incentive c Knowledge d Job

5 On the job oriented training method includ

Caselet 1 Uptron Electronic Limited is a pioneering and internationally reputed firm in the Electronics industry It is one of the largest firms in the country It attracted employees from internationally reputed Institutes and Industries by offering high salaries perks etc It has advertised for the position of an Electronic Engineer recently Nearly 150 candidates applied for the job Mr Sashidhar an Electronic Engineering Graduate from Indian Institute of Technology with 5years working experience in a medium- sized electronics firm was selected from among the 130 candidates who took tests and interview The interview board recommended an enhancement in his salary by Rs 5000 more than his present salary at his request Mr Sashidhar was very happy to achieve this and he was congratulated by a number of people including his previous employer for his brilliant interview performance and wished him good luck Mr Sashidhar joined Uptron Electronics Ltd on 21st January 2002 with great enthusiasm He also found his job to be quite comfortable and a challenging one and he felt it was highly prestigious to work with this company during the formative years of his career He found his superiors as well as subordinates to be friendly and cooperative But this climate did not live long After one year of his service he slowly learnt about a number of unpleasant stories about the company management the superiors as well as subordinates relations rate of employee turnover especially at higher level But he decided to stay on

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 25: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

as he had promised several things to the management in the interview He wanted to please and change the attitude of management through his diligent performance firm commitment and dedication He started maximizing his contributions and the management got the impression that Mr Sashidhar had settled down and will remain in the company

Questions 1 What prevented the General Manager from appointing a committee

2 What is wrong with the recruitment policy of the company

Compensation Management Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short note questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A ________ is a hierarchy of jobs to which wage rates have been attached a Wage Level b Wage Structure c Wage Index d Wage Policy

2 It is the wage which is above the minimum wage but below the living wage a Basic wage b Overtime c Fair wage d Compensation

3 It is the process of minimizing the physical and perceptual loads imposed on people engaged in any type of work a Motion Economy b Human Engineering c Value Analysis d Task Identity

4 It is the method which lists frequency of critical behaviors in an employee a Performance Appraisal b Performance Matrix c 360 degree feedback d Management by Objectives

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 26: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

CaseLet 1 In 2001 a Chennai- based two- wheeler major introduced a bonus scheme for its employees Employees covered under this bonus scheme are evaluated through a three-tier process- (1) meeting production schedules 2) maintaining machines and (3) reducing overtime scrap and shipping errors In 2002 productivity surged and some employees even added as much as 15 per cent to their paychecks The two- wheeler company started facing competition from international players and also was riddled in patent issues A court order forced them to stop production of many models causing significant manpower restricting successive drop in sales the company was forced to withdraw the bonus scheme and asked employees to be prepared for a financial structure which would mean a reduction in their benefits and perks This message had a highly demoralizing effect on the employees and many efficient designers and engineers left their jobs to join the competitors The trade unions also took up the matter as the workers only faced pay- cut while the senior management remuneration remained unchanged A portion of the employee compensation is paid as variable pay of which bonus is a major part Other variable incentives are based on allocated weight age on group target achievement To rationalize the compensation cost the company decided to further switch over to individual performance track record A formal announcement to this effect made the workers furious and led to workers protest resulting in production loss an a regular basis The company made it clear to the employees that their behavior would lead to the closure of the company which would put them in financial and went on an indefinite strike

Questions 1 Study the case and provide an alternative compensation design which would redress the problem faced by the two- wheeler major in Chennai

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Instructions Candidates should read carefully the instructions printed on the question paper and onthe cover of the answer book which is provided for their useNB Answer to each question must be started on a fresh page1 Psychological test as selection criteria can at best be a support to the interview process Pleaseevaluate (15 Marks)2 Retention of employees in the organization starts with a structured and effective inductionprogramPlease comment (15 Marks)3 If you have to hire an HR Manager for your firmwhat competencies would you look forPlease answer in terms of your understanding of the HR function (15 Marks)4 Designing an attractive motivational strategy is the key to making of a high performance drivenorganization (15 Marks)5 Briefly explain (Any two)a) Different type of employee appraisals and rating

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 27: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

b) Validity reliabilityc) Job analysisd) Stress interview

Pharmaceuticals Industrial Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanks amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 Which of the following not the principle of co-iexclyenordination

a Principle of early beginning

b Principle of continuity

c Principle of time

d Principle of reciprocity

2 Oral communication includes-

a Lecture

b Poster

c Union publication

d Complaint procedure

3 Enthusiasm co-operation tact and skillful handling come under-

a Intellectual quality

b Character quality

c Psychological quality

d Physical quality

4 Which of the following is the demerit of formal communication

a) Decay in accuracy

b) Time consuming

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 28: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

c) It is temporary

d) Fairly unsuitable

5 Arrange the following into decision making process

i Conception

ii Investigation

iii Perception

iv Selection

a) iviiii ii

b) iiiv iiii

c) iviiiiii

d) iiiiii iv

Caselet 1 For the Indian Pharmaceutical Industry which has been presenting a robust performance during the last few years the internet is a powerful tool Web-enabling leverages the pharmaceutical firmrsquos existing investment in IT Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Sales Force Automation (SFA) systems can be web-enabled to cost of operations and on being effectively used they establish immense customer goodwill

Questions 1 Briefly explain the concept of CRM amp SFA systems

2 State the features of a Good SFA system

3 Write down some CRMSFA systems which are available in the market for Pharmaceutical Industry

4 What are the benefits of CRM system

Pharmaceutical Marketing

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bdquoh This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short notes type questions

bdquoh Answer all the questions

bdquoh Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple Choices

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 29: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

1 What is the full form of iexclyenIPRiexclbrvbar

a Intellectual property rights

b Intellectual patent rights

c Intellectual process rights

d International patent rights

2 The environment that poses tremendous opportunities for new products and services to alert marketer is an _________ environment

a Ecological

b Social

c Technological

d Competitive

3 Arrange these market opportunities analysis step by step

i Evaluate new opportunities in new segments

ii Build on your strengths

iii Explore new market opportunities

iv Analyze your existing markets

a i iiiiiiv

b iiiviiii

c iviiiiii

d iiiiivii

4 Marketing virtually the same product with two or more brand names is a strategy of

a Family brand strategy

b Multiple brand strategy

c Individual brand

d Private brand

5 The pricing that deals with the judgmental or subjective elements of pricing is a

a Cost-based pricing

b Petition based pricing

c Market based pricing

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 30: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

d Demand based pricing

Caselet 1 Apex Pharma was one of the Leading pharmaceutical companies with manufacturing plants spread all over India Initially the company produced bulk drugs as the activities expanded the company started manufacturing formulation The first formulation plant was commissioned at Mandideep Bhopal in 1983 This plant was exclusively catering to the overseas demand in various countries including the US South Africa Australia and the UK The demand in pharmaceutical industry is not evenly spread throughout the year There were months when the company operated at 50-60 of its capacity and there were months when the company operated at more than the installed capacity by working in three shifts As a general policy the company used to operate in two shifts Third shift operations were only resorted to during the peak season Apex during the period of increased demand outsourced medicines from other companies However the medicines which were outsourced were sold only in the domestic market The company applied high quality standards so as to fulfill the requirements of the export market Apexrsquos Bhopal plant was run as a cost center and hence it was not supposed to report any profits or losses The plant had three different blocks manufacturing different sets of medicines (capsules tablets dry syrups and injectibles)

Questions 1 If you were in the position of Swami what would have been your decision Justify keeping qualitative aspects in mind Examination Paper of Pharmaceuticals Management IIBM Institute of Business Management 10

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 31: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

2 Discuss the various other factors which should be considered while making capital investment decision

SUBJECT PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICEOF MANAGEMENTCOURSE Total Marks 80Attempt any 4 (each carries 20 Marks)Q1) ldquoCoordination is imperative for the success of any organizationrdquo Explaining the need forcoordination suggest the ways to achieve effective coordination in a decentralised private sectormanufacturing organizationQ2) Describe the interpersonal needs in terms of expressed and wanted behavior Cite suitableexamples to support your viewsQ3) Why do managers need to acquire different skills at various levels What are the skillsconceptualized by Katz Explain how they are proving useful for Indian managers at differentlevelsQ4) Discuss various strategies used in implementing organizational change in the context of a largepublic sector manufacturing organizationQ5) Identify major barriers of communication and explain why do they arise Explain ways toovercome these barriers with suitable examplesQ6) Write short notes on any four of the following (5 marks each )i) Delegation and Decentralisationii) Line and Staff functionsiii) Theory X and Yiv) Domino Effectv) Organisational

PRINCIPLES amp PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENTPage 1 Out of 1

1 a) What are the steps involved in planningb) How you make planning effective2 What is the difference between a policy and a procedure3 Explain the advantages and limitations of planning4 Explain the strategic planning in the Indian industry Which are theplanning skills required for better business5 a) Define a decision makingb) Explain common difficulties in decision-making6 a) Decision-making is a key part of a managerrsquos activities ndashElaborate

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 32: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

b) What are the steps involved in rational decision-making7 a) Explain the individual and group decision-makingb) Describe advantages and disadvantages of group decisions8 a) Draw models of decision-making b) Explain any two

CASE I

NAVEEN FISHERIES LTD

The managing director of Naveen Fisheries Ltd (NFL) received a message from one of the

members of the crew that their mechanized boats had sunk at sea off Paradeep Port Trust due to

unfavorable weather The other directors of NFL ascertained the detailed information regarding the

incident All the promoters were fresh graduates

Case I Questions

1 What were the reasons for the sinking of the vessels

2 How could they reorganize the businesses

Subject ndash Principles and Practice of Management

Communicating in a Crisis

Overview Valley High School situated in Kodaikanal was established in 1980 and is owned by a well respected charitable trust It overlooks a lake and is a modern building equipped with state-of-the-art facilities The total student enrolment is 2000 out of which more than 50 are girls and the rest boys The students are all from affluent educated families The school has established a good reputation for itself thanks to the consistently good performance of students in the public examinations The school is headed by a lady Principal and also has a couple of Supervisors and a team of 25 teachers The teachers have had extensive experience are well qualified and are known for their commitment to imparting quality education to students Due to the recent heavy monsoons the school was faced with the problem of flooding with water entering the rooms on the ground floor and water seepage on the terrace Since repair work had to be done the school had to be closed for a couple of weeks The work was carried out by reputed contractors but the building still looks a little run down

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 33: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Question 1 - How communication crises arise

Principles amp Practice of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly

2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court

3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband

4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required

5 Public limited companies should

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo

2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 34: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Financial Services Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk return perspective (TF)

3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one whereby a A person tries to use the otherrsquos property b A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss caused c A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person d None 4 The transaction between the lassor and the lessee being a demand sale is called a First sale b Second sale c Third sale d Fourth sale 5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decision criterion is given by a ab b a+b c ba d a-b 6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal to a 1 b 2 c 0 d 05

Caselet 1

Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and credit department The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crore annually It supplies chemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of are directly sold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For the direct consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the company has been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of the receivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has small dealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per cent of total sales

Sunlight Industries finances its investment in debtors through a mix of bank credit and own long-term funds in the ratio of 6040 The current cost of bank credit and long-term funds are 12 per cent and 15 per cent respectively

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 35: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

There has been a consistent rise in the sales of the company due to its proactive measures in cost reduction and maintaining good relations with dealers and customers The projected sales for the next year are Rs 800 crore up 15 per cent from last year Gross profiles have been maintained at a healthy 22 per cent over the years and are expected to continue in future

With escalating cost associated with the in-house management of debtors coupled with the need to unburden the management with the task so as to focus on sales promotion the CEO of Sunlight Industries is examining the possibility of outsourcing its factoring service for managing its

Examination Paper of Banking amp Financial Services Management

receivables He assigns the responsibility of Anita Guha the CFO of Sunlight Two proposals the details of which are given below are available for Anitarsquos consideration

Proposal from Canbank Factors Ltd The main elements of the proposal are (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (i) Advance 88 per cent and 84 per cent for the resource and non-recourse arrangements respectively (iii) discount charge in advance 21 per cent for with resource and 22 per cent without resource (iv) Commission 45 per cent without resources 25 per cent and with resource

Proposal from Indbank Factors (i) Guaranteed payment within 30 days (ii) Advance 84 per cent with resource and 80 per cent without resource (iii) Discount charge upfront without resource 21 per cent and with resource 20 per cent and (iv) Commission upfront without resource 36 per cent and with resource 18 per cent

The opinion of the Chief Marketing Manager is that in the context of the factoring arrangement his staff would be able to exclusively focus on sales promotion which would result in additional sales of Rs 75 crore

Required The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultants on the alternative proposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be upto one digit only

Caselet 2

Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firms operate in the same industry

BALANCE SHEETS

Particulars Firm A Firm B

Total current assets Rs 1400000 Rs 1000000

Total fixed assets (net) 1000000 500000

_____________ __________

Total assets 2400000 1500000

_____________ ___________

Equity capital (of Rs 10 each) 1000000 800000

Retained earnings 200000 _

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 36: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

14 Long-term debt 500000 300000

Principles amp Practice of Management

Read the following case and answer the questions given at the end of the case

LOSING A GOOD MAN

Sundar Steel Limited was a medium-sized steel company manufacturing special steels of various types and grades It employed 5000 workers and 450 executives

Under the General Manager operation maintenance and headed by a chief The Chief of and under him Mukherjee Maintenance Engineer The total was 500 workers 25 executives (Production) there were services groups each Maintenance was Shukla was working as the strength of Maintenance and 50 supervisors

Chatterjee was working in Maintenance as a worker for three years He was efficient He had initiative and drive He performed his duties in a near perfect manner He was a man of proven technical ability with utmost drive and dash He was promoted as Supervisor Chattejee now a Supervisor was one day passing through the Maintenance Shop on his routine inspection He found a certain worker sitting idle He pulled him up for this The worker retaliated by abusing him with filthy words With a grim face and utter frustration Chatterjee reported the matter to Mukherjee The worker who insulted Chatterjee was a notorious character and no supervisor dared to confront him Mukherjee took a serious view of the incident and served a strong warning letter to the worker Nothing very particular about Chatterjee or from him came to the knowledge of Mukherjee Things were moving smoothly Chatterjee was getting along well with others But after about three years another serious incident took place A worker came drunk to duty began playing cards and using very filthy language When Chatterjee strongly objected to this the worker got up and slapped Chatterjee Later the worker went to his union - and reported that Chatterjee had assaulted him while he was performing

Questions

(a) Identify the problems in this case

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 37: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

(b) Do you think the decision taken by shukla is in keeping with the faith trust and creating developmental climate in the organisation Critically evaluate

(c) How would you help in improving rough and tough behavior of employees

Case I

McDonaldrsquos Serving Fast Food Around the World

Ray Kroc opened the first McDonaldrsquos restaurant in 1955 He offered a limited menu of high-

quality moderately-priced food served fast in spotless surroundings McDonaldrsquos ldquoQSCampVrdquo

(quality service cleanliness and value) was a hit The chain expanded into every state in

the nation By 1983 it had more than 6000 restaurants in the United States and by 1995 it

had more than 18000 restaurants in 89 countries located in six continents In 1995 alone

the company built 2400 restaurants

Questions

1 What opportunities and threats did McDonaldrsquos face How did it

handle them What alternatives could it have chosen

2 Before McDonaldrsquos entered the European market few people believed

that fast food could be successful in Europe Why do you think

McDonaldrsquos has succeeded What strategies did it follow How

did these differ from its strategies in Asia

3 What is McDonaldrsquos basic philosophy How does it enforce this

philosophy and adapt to different environments

4 Should McDonaldrsquos expand its menu If you say no then why not If you

say yes what kinds of precuts should it add

5 Why is McDonaldrsquos successful in many countries around the world

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 38: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Examination Paper Banking and Financial Services Management 1 IIBM Institute of Business Management IIBM Institute of Business Management Examination Paper MM100 Principles and Practices of Banking Section A Objective Type (30 marks) bullThis section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions bullAnswer all the questions bullPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks each Part One Multiple Choices 1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns is a Weekly b Monthly c Monthlyquarterly d Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly 2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued by a The High Court b The RBI c The Central Government d The Supreme court 3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girl a Father b Brother in law c Father-in-law d Husband 4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firm‟s name It will require signatures of a All partners b Any one of the partner c Managing partner only d Sleeping partner not required 5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening

Caselet 1 There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject to what is called the bdquoWinners Curse‟ The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in the secondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealers It is quite unlike the works of art which the Sotheby‟s would place at an auction The price of Mona Lisa say to an avid collector of Da Vinci‟s paintings would be more than what a Picasso collector would value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in the secondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitable For it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill value Questions 1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the bdquowinner curse‟ 2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market Caselet 2 In a bid to familiarize banks exporters and other financial bodies with bdquoForfeiting‟ the State Bank of India (SBI) will soon be setting up a three-man cell at its international division in Mumbai for advisory purposes According to Mr D Ian Guild Senior Advisor Forfeiting amp Syndications Group Standard Bank the cell was being set up after a series of meetings with the bank and is essentially aimed at spreading the message of Forfeiting as an effective trade financing mechanism to increase exports Suggesting that forfeiting was the ideal springboard for effecting a quantum jump in exports in the medium-term Mr Guild said he was confident of aggregating forfeiting business of $100 millions in 1998 and $250 millions in 1999 in the country Since its introduction in 1992 Exim Bank had facilitated 69 forfeiting transactions valued at around $75 millions with credit periods ranging between 90

and Practices of BankingSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 4 marks eachPart One

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 39: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Multiple Choices1 Frequency of First Tranche Returns isa Weeklyb Monthlyc Monthlyquarterlyd Monthlyquarterlyhalf-yearly2 An order for winding up a banking company can be issued bya The High Courtb The RBIc The Central Governmentd The Supreme court3 Who shall be natural guardian in case of married minor girla Fatherb Brother in lawc Father-in-lawd Husband4 X a partner in the firm XYZ Co wants to open a Bank account in the firmrsquos name It will requiresignatures ofa All partnersb Any one of the partnerc Managing partner onlyd Sleeping partner not required5 Public limited companies should have minimum shareholders before Opening Bank accounta 11b 7c 5d 15

Caselet 1There is a lacuna in the present T-Bill auction system of RBI The dealers (investors) are subject towhat is called the lsquoWinners Cursersquo The value of a T-Bill to a dealer is the price it can fetch in thesecondary market This is an unobserved random value which is likely to be common to all dealersIt is quite unlike the works of art which the Sothebyrsquos would place at an auction The price of MonaLisa say to an avid collector of Da Vincirsquos paintings would be more than what a Picasso collectorwould value it In sharp contrast market participants are likely to agree on the price of a T-Bill in thesecondary market Now winning an auction in a discriminatory price method may not be profitableFor it would mean that the winner has overestimated the T-Bill valueQuestions1 How does the winner in such an auction become the loser due to the lsquowinner cursersquo2 Explain the role of primary dealers in the money market

Financial ServicesSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple ChoicesFill in the blanksTrue-False amp Short Answer typequestionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carries 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 NBFS stands for helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip2 ALCO is a decision making unit responsible for balance sheet planning from risk returnperspective (TF)3 A contract of lsquoIndemnityrsquo is one wherebya A person tries to use the otherrsquos propertyb A person promises to save the otherrsquos property from loss causedc A person tries to trick the property of other for some other person

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 40: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

d None of the above4 The transaction between the lessor and the lessee being a demand sale is calleda First saleb Second salec Third saled Fourth sale5 If the net present value of leasing be lsquoarsquo and net advantage of leasing be lsquobrsquo then decisioncriterion is given bya abb a+bc bad a-b6 Break even lease rental BERL has NAL value equal toa 1b 2c 0d 057 The right under which an unpaid seller who is in possession of the goods is entitled to re

Caselet 1Sunlight Industries Ltd manages its accounts receivables internally by its sales and creditdepartment The cost of sales ledger administration stands at Rs 9 crores annually It supplieschemicals to heavy industries These chemicals are used as raw material for further use of is directlysold to industrial units for consumption There is good demand for both the types of uses For thedirect consumers the company has a credit policy of 210 net 30 Past experience of the companyhas been that on average 40 per cent of the customers avail of the discount while the balance of thereceivables are collected on average 75 days after the invoice date Sunlight Industries also has smalldealer networks that sell the chemicals Bad debts of the company are currently 15 per

Question1 The CFO of Sunlight Industries seeks your advice as a financial consultant on the alternativeproposals What advice would you give Why Calculations can be up to one digit onlyCaselet 2Following are the financial statements for A Ltd and T Ltd for the current financial year Both firmsoperate in the same industryBALANCE SHEETSParticulars Firm A

Design and Development Section A Objective Type (30 marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp Short Answer type questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carries 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 The concept of a contract book is detailed by a Wheelwright b Clark c Both (a) amp (b) d None of the above

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 41: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

2 BOM stands for Bill of Materials(TF)

3 Concept screening is based on a method developed by the late Stuart Pugh in the 1980s and is often called helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip

4 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip is used when increased resolution will better differentiate among company concepts

5 helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip are the first products produced by the entire production process

6 The first commercial free-form fabrication system was introduced by 3D Systems a 1984 b 1986 c 1964 d 1948

7 Concepts are turned over the customer client or some other external entity for selection is called a Intuition b Pros and Cons c External decision d Decision materials

8 A Russian problem-solving methodology called TRIZ began to be disseminated in Europe and in the United States in the a 1998 b 1997 c 1976 d 1990

Caselet 1 New Product Development At Smart India Ltd Ajay Kumar the Vice-President (Sales) of a leading Delhi based bicycle manufacturer of the country called SMART LTD was wondering at the increase in the quantum of Traffic on roads during the last 10 years while glancing outside his office window But not much had changed in his company in th23e year 2001 His companyrsquos market share was dwindling since the last 10 years though the profits and sales were showing an increasing trend The threat of cheap imports was also knocking at the doors The competitors were using marketing strategies to the hilt in order to get larger chunk of market share The things were not showing improving trend despite the continuous efforts by the company SMART LTD was equally poised with RUSH LTD in respect of market share just 10 years back Now the ground realties were very much adverse to SMART LTD While RUSH LTD was having a market share of about 45 per cent SMART LTD lagged behind with only about half ie 23 percent closely followed by CLIMB LTD with 20 per cent The rapid erosion in the market share of SMART LTD was of concern to Ajay Kumar who was trying to find out ways

1 How new product development process be improved at SMART LTD

2 What strategies should be used by SMART LTD to increase its market share

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 42: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Quest ions -1 Wh a t d ose t he s ubt i t le ldquoSt r e ngt he ning t he Con nec t ion Wh i le Bui ldi n gBr idge s a c r os s Bus ines s Sc hoo l Di s c ip l ines v ia Ba ldr ige Qua l i t y Awa rdCr i t er iardquo mea n2 Wh a t ldquo bo dy of knowl edg e rdquo ex i s t s an d how P OM us e i t t o pr omot eimpr ov e d bus ines s p er f orman ce a nd s t r e ngt hen ed n a t iona l compet i t iv enes s 3 Dr C ur t Re ima nn wa s di r ec tor of th e Ba l dr ige Qua l i t y Awar d f r om i t sinc ept io n (1987) unt i l 19 95 Dr Re ima nn sa y s ldquo the (Ba ld r i ge Awar d)c r i t er ia co nt inue t o ev olv e t owar d int egr at e d pe r f o rmanc e man agemen t rdquoLe t u s t hi s IPM a nd an swer t he ques t io n ldquoWha t c ons t i tu t e s I PM4 P r es ent d i r e c t or Dr Har r y s a y s tha t t he Ba ld r ig e Awa rd c r i t er ia ldquo he lpor ga ni z a t ions r espon d t o cu r r en t ch a l len g es (p ro v ide ) ope nn e s s an dt r a ns par en cy in g ov er nan ce an d e t hi c s ( s a t i s fy ) th e nee d t o c r e a t e v a lu ef or cus t omer s an d t he bu s ine s s rdquo How c an s o ma ny go od t hing s c ome ou t ofon e awar dCase 3 Wor ldSourc e One Inc mdashFive Bar r iers to Change

Production and Operations ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 marks)This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsAnswer all the questionsPart One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple choices1 Production and Operations Management concerns itself with the conversion ofa Outputs in to inputsb Inputs in to outputsc Outputs in to outputsd None of the above2 Continuous Production isa The last operation to the finished productb The first operation to the finished productc The mid operation to the finished productd None of the above3 Independent demand isa Demand that is controlled by the companyb Demand that is controlled by the customerc Demand that is not controlled by the companyd All of the above4 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) has been defined as aa Complete Enterprise wide business solutionb Complete Enterprise narrow business solutionc a amp bd None of the above5 CAD stands fora Computer Architecture Designb Computer Aided Designc Computer Aided Drafting

Case let 1COMPANY BACKGROUNDThe Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James BronsonThe Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurancePolicies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has sufferedoperating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 43: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict betweenestablished manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction ofcomputer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured oncomputer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

Questions1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why orwhy not2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquomentality Explain

Production amp Operation ManagementNB 1 Attempt all the questions2 All Questions Carries equal Marks______________________________________________________________________________________________1 Distinguish Production Management and Operations Management Outline the scope of POM2 What is Master production scheduling Discuss the process of arriving at it in a multi productorganization3 What is Methods Study and its objectives Briefly explain the procedure for Methods Study4 What is productivity State the methods for improving productivity5 Write short notes on(a) Quality Circles(b) Six Sigma6 Assume that a company has just committed to change from a traditional style of management toone based on TQM Explain the importance of employee involvement and empowerment inimplementing the TQM7 Capacity will be modified in response to demand Demand will be modified in response to capacityWhich of these two statements is correct Why8 What are the advantages of product layout and process layout Describe briefly when to useproduct layout vs process layout

SUBJECT Production ManagementTotal Marks 80NB 1) All questions are compulsory2) All questions carry equal marks1 What are the different types of productionoperation system Where would each one of them beapplicable Give practical examples2 What is flexibility in operations function Can it be one of the strategic weapons Explain yourresponse3 What is the distinction between accounting profit amp economic profit How is such a distinction linkedwith the concept of opportunity cost4 What is the difference between the Scanlon amp rucker plans5 Productivity improvement is not a one shot project Do you agree with this statement Discuss6 Is supply chain management a philosophy Discuss7 What is the aim of production planning8 What is forecasting Elements of forecasting amp Methods of forecasting

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 44: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

SUBJECT MANUFACTURING PLANNING AND CONTROLCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80Time 3 HoursNB 1 All Questions are compulsory2 Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3 All question carry equal marksQ1) a) What are the typical tasks performed by the MPC system and how do these task affect thecompany operation What is the cope of ERP implementation and how are the various modules ofthe software organizedb) What are the communication linkages between demand management other MPC modules andcustomers And what the fundamental activities in sales and operation planning and whattechniques can be uses explain in briefQ2) a) Write the short note on four of the followingI) Master production ScheduleII) Function of Manufacturing planning and controlIII)Computer integrated manufacturingIV)Breadth of purchasing in MPCV)Compare CPM and PERTb) With the help of block diagram explain hierarchy of capacity planning decisionc) Describe the function vendor development and vendor managementQ3) a) State the seven wastes as being the targets of continuous improvement in Just in Timeb) There are five jobs of which is to be processes through three machines A B and C in orderABC Processing time in hour are

Production and Operation Management

Section A Objective Type (30 marks)

bull This section consists of Multiple choice questions amp Short Notes type questionsbull Answer all the questionsbull Part One questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One

Multiple choices

1 If the number of restrictions on sources be lsquoarsquo and the number of restrictions on destinations be

lsquobrsquo then with the use of lsquostepping stone procedurersquo the number of lsquoused cellsrsquo will

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 45: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

be a a+b+1b a+b+2c a-b-1 d a+b-1

2 Value of smoothing coefficient lsquoαrsquo lies a Between 1 and infinb Between 0 and 1c Between -1 and 1 d Between 1 and 2

3 Forecasting error isa The difference between forecasted demand and actual demand b The ratio of forecasted demand and actual demandc The difference between the standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demandd Ratio of standard forecast demand and the evaluated forecast demand

4 For forecasting the analyzers plot the demand data on a time scale study the plot and then look for the consistent patterns Now what does the high noise mean to these patternsa Many of the point lie away from the patternb Most of the points lie close to the pattern c All the points lie on the patternd None

5 Payback period isa The length of time after which the production starts b The length of time after which the selling startsc The length of time required to recover the investmentd The length of time for which firm bears replacement of the good

Caselet 1

CO MP ANY B ACK GROUND

The Bronson Insurance Group was originally founded in 1900 in Auxvasse Missouri by James Bronson The Bronson Group owns a variety of companies that underwrite personal and commercial insurance policies Annual sales of the Bronson Group are $100 million In recent years the company has suffered operating losses In 1990 the company was heavily invested in computer hardware and software One of the problems the Bronson Group faced (as well as many insurance companies) was a conflict between established manual procedures and the relatively recent (within the past 20 years) introduction of computer equipment This conflict was illustrated by the fact that much information was captured on computer but paper files were still kept for practical and legal reasons

1 What do you recommend Should the company implement one of the new technologies Why or why not

2 An operations analyst suggested that company employees shared a ldquodump on the clerksrdquo

mentality Explain

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 46: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Subject- Production Management

Total marks 80

Case 1 (10 Marks)

Plant Location Analysis

A chemical manufacturing company has three options to select the location for a new factory The costs associated with various factors for the locations are

Rupees in lacs

Cost element Site X Site Y Site Z

1 Land Development 1000 980 560

2 Building construction 6000 585 580

3 Labour Charges 2250 2000 2000

4 Power generation amp maintenance

35 39 42

5 Water charges 50 65 10

6 Raw-material expenses 5005 4900 4200

7 Local taxes Heavy Nil Moderate

8 Transportation expenses

20 15 18

These charges are on annual basis for the predetermined rate of production Total operating costs could be calculated from the table The company also has the following data for further analysis (1) It is observed that the cost of living at XY and Z is lowest highest and moderate respectively But the community facilities are also of the same level The company has to take a prudent decision because most of the employees are currently resident at urban locations (2) The housing facilities available at X Y and Z are rated poorrsquo lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobetterrsquo respectively In fact the availability of these facilities is equally good at all places (3) The climatic conditions are better at Y X is comparatively very hot during the day and Z has very high humidity The materials need a dry and cool climate for protection

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 47: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Questions

Q1) Suggest the best decision

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Case 1 Revcon Products and Welbar Inc

Revcon Products manufactures valves for filling and controlling the level of water in industrial tanks It had concentrated on products for the construction industry (values for newly-installed tanks) but now wants to move into the much larger and more lucrative replacement market Whereas annual demand for new valves is about 100000 it is about 1 million for replacement valves The company envisioned a new valve the Millennium Value as a way to gain a share in the tank-valve replacement market Revconrsquos objective was to design and produce the Millenium Valve to be of superior quality and lower cost than the competition

Revcon decided to outsource the development and design of the new valve It prepared an RFP that included the following objectives and requirements

QUESTION

1 What happened to this project Prepare a list of the factors that contributed to Revconrsquos failure to obtain the product the wanted For each factor discuss what might have been done differently

Project ManagementGuidelines for paperTotal No of Questions is 100The minimum passing marks is 50Each Question carries 1 markAnswer all the QuestionsMultiple Choices Total Marks 1001 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product service orresulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker morale

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 48: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

c) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constraint of project managementa) Meeting scope goalsb) Meeting time goalsc) Meeting communications goalsd) Meeting cost goals5 The first stage of any project isa) Proposalb) Conceptualizationc) Implementationd) Management

26 ICOM model which is one of the major roles of project manager stand fora) Integrated Constraint of Mechanismb) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Mechanismc) Inputs Outputs Constraints amp Moneyd) None27 A _______________ often includes sensitive information so it should not be part of the overallproject plan for anyone to seea) Business caseb) Project charterc) Personnel chartd) Stakeholder analysis28 Which of the following is not a suggestion for performing integrated change controla) Use good configuration managementb) Minimize changec) Establish a formal change control systemd) View project management as a process of constant communication and negotiation29 _______________ refer(s) to all the work involved in creating the products of the projects andprocesses used to create thema) Deliverablesb) Milestonesc) Scoped) Product development30 Assume you have a project with major categories called planning analysis design and testingWhat level of the WBS would these items fall undera) 0b) 1c) 2d) 331 Which of the following is not a best prac

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENTCASE STUDY 1You have been assigned to a project risk team of 5 members Because this is a first time yourorganization has formally set up a risk team for a project it is hoped that your team will develop

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 49: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

a process that can be used on all future projects Your first team meeting is next Mondaymorning Each team member has been asked to prepare for the meeting by developing in asmuch detail as possible an outline that describes how you believe the team should proceed inhandling project risks Each team member will hand out their proposed outline at the beginningof the meeting Your outline should include but not be limited to the Team objectives processfor handling risk events Team activities Team outputsQ1) Project risks can be eliminated if the project is carefully planned ExplainQ2) What is the difference between avoiding a risk and accepting a riskQ3) How you face the Schedule riskQ4) Explain the term RBS

Strategic Cost Management Section A Objective Type (30 Marks) This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions Answer all the questions Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks each

Part One Multiple Choices 1 A set of policies procedures and approaches that helps a firm attain and retain success for long is termed as- a) Benchmarking b) Life cycle costing c) Target costing d) Strategy

2 A cost management tool that bring in its focus the activities performed to produced a product is called- a) Target costing b) Life cycle costing c) ABC d) Benchmarking

3 Cost incurred to the past that are not relevant to present decisions are- a) Fixed cost b) Sunk cost c) Opportunity cost d) Indirect costs

4 In a process costing system when items are sold the cost of the item are moved from- a) Work-in-progress to finished goods b) Work-in-progress to Cost of goods sold c) Cost of goods sold to finished good d) Finished goods to cost of goods sold

5 Differential costs are sometimes referred to as-

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 50: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

cost controller of chemfert Ltd a multinational firm that processed chemical for use in fertilizers Soon Vikram learned that the nearby residential landfill was being used to dump toxic wastes It appeared that some members of management team were aware of this situation and may have been involved in arranging for this dumping uncertain how he should approach Vikram is contemplating several alternatives courses of action like seeking the advice of the superior the controller or anonymously releasing the information in the national daily or discussing with an outside member of the BODrsquos Questions 1 Discuss why Vikram has an ethical responsibility to take some action against the MNC

2 Which of the alternative courses would be the most appropriate in the given situation

Caselet 2 A brilliant university is located in Mumbai The university has four deportments- Business humanities fine arts and engineering The university is headed by a president who has five presidents reporting to him each heading auxiliary services admission and records academics Financial services and maintenance In addition there are managers who report to these vice-presidents These include managers for central purchasing the university press and bookstore all of whom report to the vice president of auxiliary services and managers for accounting and finance report to vice president for financial services Further a dean who is responsible to the academic vice-president heads each department Questions 1 Prepare an organizational structure of brilliant University

2 List the name of the departments having under the university

Project ManagementSection A Objective Type (30 Marks)1048696 This section consists of Multiple Choice questions amp short questions1048696 Answer all the questions1048696 Part one questions carry 1 mark each amp Part Two questions carry 5 marks eachPart OneMultiple Choices1 A ________________ is a temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique productservice or resulta) Programb) Processc) Projectd) Portfolio2 Which of the following is not a potential advantage of using good project managementa) Shorter development timesb) Higher worker moralec) Lower cost of capitald) Higher profit margins3 Which of the following is not an attribute of a projecta) Projects are uniqueb) Projects are developed using progressive elaborationc) Projects have a primary customer or sponsord) Projects involve little uncertainty4 Which of the following is not part of the triple constr

Caselet 1

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 51: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

PRINCE2 has many excellent ideas for project management but I think its approach to quality is

at best weak and at worst entirely inappropriate My first grip is that PRINCE2 redefines what

the word quality usually means My dictionary defines it as or standard of excellence

something like a Mercedes or Rolls

stated needs So for example according to PRINCE2 my land rover is a

quality product not luxurious but as a keen skier I can use it to haul equipment to the Alps

each year This re-definition of the word quality often confuses people before they even look at

the detail

At the beginning of a PRINCE2 project you agree with the customer a set of measurable

attributes about the products you will build These are called acceptance criteria Later when

you deliver the products the client will only sign them off it they conform to these criteria This

assumes the client knows what they want When Henry ford was designing the

model T car he was asked why he

people what

early 19900s knew they wanted to get places faster but their idea on how to achieve this was

limited by their own experience Another example is the project to create the iPhone Steve

jobs did not consult with the potential users Instead he went through many iterations of

building prototypes playing with them decoding what worked and what did not until he ended

up with the final

outset to specify what products they want does not always work PRINCE2 defines a project as

a piece of work that is unique The more unique and ground breaking it is the more difficult it

becomes to define exactly what is required at the end Project work is a creative process

Sometimes it takes trial and error and a certain amount of vision to create something the end

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 52: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

users will eventually be satisfied with

As I said at the outset PRINCE2 has many useful ideas But the quality theme should be used

with caution In groundbreaking projects they can hinder the creation of products the client is

going to be satisfied with

Questions

1 What is the major problem in ground breaking projects

Subject Project Management (Spz)_______________________________________________________________________________1 What quality control methods prevalent in project management Explain why TQM isimportant in project management2 Explain the finalization of project implementation schedule3 Discuss the problems in organizing human resource in a project4 Define lsquoorganizing systemsrsquo Discuss the various designs of systems5 What are the factors which control the cost of a project Discuss briefly on each Howdoes time over-run affect the project cost6 Bring out the difference between CPM (Critical Path Method) and PERT (Program Evaluation andReview Techniques) and their suitability of use Explain critical path for the above with suitableexamples7 What is resource leveling in relation to PERTCPM 10+30 (b) List of activities for erecting acanteen in the factory is given below with other relevant details Job A must precede all otherswhile job E must follow all others Apart from this jobs can run concurrently alsoCode Job description Normal CrashDuration (Days) Cost Rs Duration(Days)Cost (Rs)A Lay foundation and buildwalls5 3000 4 4000B Tile Flooring 6 1200 2 2000C Install electricity 4 1000 3 1800D Install Plumping 5 1200 3 200E Connect services to finish 3 1600 3 1600(i) Draw the network and identify critical path(ii) Crash the network fully to find out minimum duration(iii) If indirect costs are Rs 300day determine the time-cost trade off for the project

SUBJECT PROJECT MANAGEMENT (SPECIALIZATION)NB 1 Attempt all the Case Study2 All Questions Carries Equal MarksName _____________________ Reference Number ___________________Case 1 ( 16 Marks)BackgroundJarvis Communication is a start-up firm that develops manufactures and markets a miniaturetelephone Last yearrsquos sales revenue was $65 million resulting in its first profitable year in its first threeyears of business The phone is unique because it is only two inches long weighs two ounces and aminiature receiver is worn in the ear The phone speaker and microphone carry out all the normal

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 53: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

functions of a phone (except dialing) without the use of a mouthpiece The phone uses bone conductiontechnologies that detect small minute vibrations in the skull when a person talks The phone sells for$99 Jarvisrsquos markets have grown quickly and have become worldwide analysts believe the market willgrow 50 percent per year for the next five yearsMost of the development of the miniature phone was done by the founder Ms Carly Jarvis an electricalengineer She is also the primary source for more than 20 new products already designed withaccompanying engineering drawings Jarvis believes innovation in modes of telecommunications is thekey to future success of the company She believes quality is number one profits and returns tostockholders will followOnly last month the company purchased a small circuit board company that specializes in bonding smallsilicon chips on printed circuit boards Jarvis Communication stock sells over the counter Management isthinking it will be necessary to become listed on the New York Stock Exchange if large expansionbecomes desirable

The Jarvis Case Teaching TipsThis group exercise case is used to demonstrate the difficulty of writing missions goals and objectiveswithin the limitations of the internal and external environments Students often need gentle prodding ondifferentiating among missions goals and objectives--during the exercise One of the major points ofthe exercise is to have the student recognize the linkage among mission goals and objectives Anotherpoint is to allow the student to review some of the characteristics of ldquogood missionrdquo statements TheJarvis Company is small by most standards and depends on Ms Jarvis for all development Studentgroups will be all over the map in terms of what the organization should be doing in the future Whenthe groups report to the class other groups will take issue with the ability of Jarvis Company to achievegoals The class discussion varies depending on student background Wrap up should include adiscussion of the difficulty of doing such an exercise in the real world Another question can center onthe value of mission goals and objectives in the real worldWhat happens if these are not present

Subject Project Management (Spz)____________________________________________________________________________Case 1 (20 Marks)You manage a hotel resort located on the South Beach on the Island of Kaui in Hawaii You areshifting the focus of your resort from a traditional fun-in-the-sun destination to eco-tourism Howwould you classify the following projects in terms of compliance strategic and operationala Convert the pool heating system from electrical to solar powerb Build a 4-mile nature-hiking trailc Renovate the horse barnd Replace the golf shop that accidentally burned down after being struck by lightninge Launch a new promotional campaign with Hawaii Airlines

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 54: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

f Convert 12 adjacent acres into a wildlife preserveg Update all the bathrooms in condos that are 10 years or olderh Change hotel brochures to reflect eco-tourism imagei Test and revise disaster response planj Introduce wireless internet service in cafeacute and lounge areas

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

1 Discuss history and development of PR in India

2 What is the importance of public opinion to PR How can public opinion be influenced by a PR practioner

3 Write short notes on (a) mass media (b) house journals(c) press conference (d) news letter (e) exhibitions

4 Discuss PR programmes and campaigns

5 Explain the latest trends in Pr

6 PR is the art of making a company liked and respected by the employees and customersrsquorsquo - Discuss

7 How would you prepare the House Journal for a Joint Stock Company

8 Discuss the structure and functions of a PR Department in Government

9 Discuss the functions of pr counseling and mass media

10 State the ethics of public relations

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 55: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Section ndash A

Answer Any Six Questions

1 Define the term lsquoPublic Administrationrsquo Also explain the essentials of good Public Administration

2 Discuss in detail the role of PA department in a modern day Organization

3 Discuss in detail the need for PA education in the Indian context4 Discuss in detail the aims of consumer Administration5 What is an interview Explain directive interview6 Write an account of institutions offering PA Training in India7 Describe the general guidelines on news reporting and press

Administration8 How letters to editor helps the Dailies Magazines

Section - B

Write Short Notes(Each notes Carry 4 5 Mark= 20 Marks)

1) News amp News Reporting

2) News Paper amp Magazines

3) Budgeting

4) Editorial review

5) Business Review

CASE ndash 1 MEDIA RELATIONS

Indefinite Strike by EmployeesmdashRole of PR The VSNL Experience

VSNILmdashthe erstwhile Overseas Communication Service (OCS) and Navratna Central Public Enterprisemdashhad always had a very cordial employee-employer relationship The problem started when the

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 56: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

Government of India decided to allot PSU employees shares of the company they worked in while other Navratna companies allotted shares to their employees VSNL did not do so The reason for the delay VSNL was going for a GDR (global depository receipt) issue at that time and the ministry of communications wanted to complete the issue before allotting the shares to the employees

But after the GDR issue a technical problem about the price at which the shares were to be issued to employees arose The VSNL employees demanded a share price that was in accordance with the first disinvestments to the institutional investors in 1992mdashRs 216 per share or Rs 10 each But the ministry maintained that since the shares were not allotted to employees at that time for whatever reason they could be allotted now only according to market rates with a 15 per cent discount as per finance ministry rules

Question

1 What measures would you take if you were the PR of BSNL

2 What according to you was the outcome of the solution taken by PR of BSNL

SUBJECT PURCHASING amp MATERIALS MANAGEMENTCOURSE ADMTM Total Marks 80NB 1) All Questions are compulsory2) Illustrate your answers with suitable sketches wherever possible3) Figure to the right indicate full marksQ1) a) Define and discuss the significance of the materials management concept [06 Marks]b) What is the role of Materials Management in improving materials productivityExplain briefly [06 Marks]c) Explain the various materials codification methods How Standardization reduces cost in theMaterials Management [08 Marks]Q2) a) Explain the concept of choice and rationalization of materials [08 Marks]b) What is the value analysis What are the different types of values Describe the importanceof value analysis in an industrial enterprise [08 Marks]c) Discuss the computer based inventory management system with diagram andexplain in details [04 Marks]Q3) a) What are the activities of purchase research In which areas can purchaseresearch is conducted Explain purchase library concept [08 Marks]

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure

Page 57: Case study solutions & project reports provided 13. Mobile: +91 9924764558

b) What is negotiation Enumerate and discuss various tactics that may be used bybuyer while negotiating price with a supplier [08 Marks]c) Explain the term vender development and vender rating in details Also explainthe benefit of vendor rating [06 Marks]Q4) a) List and explain in brief the factors influencing make or buy decisions [08 Marks]b) The Sahu Pump Corporation uses 60000 valves per year and the usage is fairly constant at5000 valves per month Each valve costs the company Rs 150 The carrying cost for thecompany has been estimated at 15 of the average inventory investment The cost to placean order and process the delivery is Rs 30i) Calculate economic order quantityii) What is the stock turnover rate ignoring safety stock if EOQ is orderedfrequently [06 Marks]c) What is variety reduction Explain the areas of variety reduction [08

Marks

SUBJECT Purchase ManagementNote- 1) Kindly write question number properly2) Attached question papers with answer sheets____________________________________________________________________________1 Discuss the benefits to buying the company of certifying its suppliers Discuss the benefits to asupplier of being certified2 Discuss the reasons why top-management commitment is essential to the success of suppliermanagement and development3 How does the international sourcing process is differ from the domestics-sourcing process Whatare the most important reasons for pursuing worldwide sourcing today4 What are the benefits from the total cost of ownership for a purchased item Are they anypotential disadvantages of this approach If so what are they5 What are the important item s that should be used any time you decide to enter into a long termcontact with a supplier6 Why do you believe that more companies have not adopted EDI over the past 20 years7 What performance areas do you think will benefit most from purchasing involvement in thefuture8 What are the benefits associated with a comprehensive policy and procedure